Difference between revisions of ".NET Preferences"

From Galen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(114 intermediate revisions by 5 users not shown)
Line 91: Line 91:
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
  
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.
+
This list includes the net new preferences with v17.1.
  
 
'''Categories'''
 
'''Categories'''
Line 99: Line 99:
  
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 +
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
  
Line 120: Line 121:
 
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
 
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
  
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''
+
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
  
 
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
 
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
Line 710: Line 711:
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
+
=='''Charge Preferences'''==
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
 
 
 
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
 
 
 
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
  
 +
Organizations can lock select fields on Encounter Forms to prevent them from being edited.
  
''' Works CT Distance'''
 
  
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
+
''' AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder'''
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to specify if associated charges should be removed automatically from Encounter Form when a charge order status is changed to Cancelled or Entered in Error.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Education Preferences'''==
+
''' BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''  
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Area on the Encounter Form.
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
 
 
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 762: Line 744:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''
 
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
''' BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Location on the Encounter Form.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 781: Line 764:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''General Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 
 
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
 
  
 +
''' BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''
  
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 804: Line 783:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
*When set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected.  This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
 
*When set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
+
''' DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
   
+
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Division on the Encounter Form.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 820: Line 802:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXConfigured'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
''' PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 +
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Performing Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
This controls access to Native Integration
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 836: Line 821:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
''' ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 +
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Referring Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 852: Line 840:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
* Note: New to v11.4
+
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
 +
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Allergy List Review'''
 
  
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
+
''' Works CT Distance'''  
   
 
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''  
 
  
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
+
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
  
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
 
 
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''  
+
=='''Education Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''
 +
 
 +
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
  
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides.  Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI.  
+
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.  
+
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 909: Line 901:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
|}
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
  
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
 
  
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
+
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
 
  
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
+
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 
# Delete items or headers
 
# Edit headers
 
# Rearrange items or headers
 
  
 
+
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
 
 
 
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 944: Line 920:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
+
=='''General Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
  
* If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
+
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
     
+
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 961: Line 942:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
+
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
  
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
+
If set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selectedThis includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
 
 
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
 
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 
   
 
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.  
 
  
 +
If set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 988: Line 966:
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Audit level'''  
+
'''ADXConfigured'''
  
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:
+
This controls access to Native Integration
 
+
   
#User name
 
#Patient name
 
#Patient MRN
 
#Access date
 
#Access time
 
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 
#Action time
 
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 
#WebFramework Page accessed 
 
 
 
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
 
 
 
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
 
 
 
*  If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. 
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,016: Line 976:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
+
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
 
 
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
 
 
 
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 +
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,035: Line 992:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
+
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
  
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
+
* Note: New to v11.4
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
*  If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,059: Line 1,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
+
'''Allergy List Review'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
 +
   
 +
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
  
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
+
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
  
*  When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
+
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,078: Line 1,033:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
+
'''AllowAssocationOfCaseInformationToEncounters'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to associate a workers' compensation case to a non-appointment encounter manually.
  
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents.  
+
NOTE: The case information ( case ID, date of injury, and status) comes from the practice management application. The encounter type of '''Allow Case Association''' must be set in the '''Encounter Type dictionary'''.
  
If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient.  If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
If set to '''Yes''' the '''Case''' section will display so that a case can be selected and linked to the encounter.  
 
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
  
If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
If set to '''No''' the '''Case''' section will not display.
  
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,101: Line 1,054:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
 
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide].  If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book.  If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page.  The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. 
 
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
  
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
+
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''  
  
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
+
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides.  Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.  
 
+
* If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
 
* If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.  
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,135: Line 1,072:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''  
+
If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:  
 +
 
 +
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
 +
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 +
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 +
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 +
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
 +
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 +
# Delete items or headers
 +
# Edit headers
 +
# Rearrange items or headers
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
 +
 
 +
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
  
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 
*Default Value: Opt-In
 
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,153: Line 1,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
  
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
 
 
Allows the creation of future encounters
 
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 
  
 +
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,171: Line 1,125:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''  
+
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.  
+
 
 +
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 +
 +
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,186: Line 1,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
+
'''Audit level'''  
 +
 
 +
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:
 +
 
 +
#User name
 +
#Patient name
 +
#Patient MRN
 +
#Access date
 +
#Access time
 +
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 +
#Action time
 +
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 +
#WebFramework Page accessed 
 +
 
 +
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
  
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
+
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
  
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
+
If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
+
If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,204: Line 1,181:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
+
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
  
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
+
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
  
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,222: Line 1,200:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
+
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
  
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
+
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 +
If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,238: Line 1,224:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
+
'''CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
+
Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.  
 
 
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
 
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,257: Line 1,241:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in '''TW Admin>Document Admin'''
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
+
*Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.
* This Value is a number representing number of daysThis tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.
+
 
 +
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chartThe task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,272: Line 1,261:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
+
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific physician.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
+
 
 +
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
 +
 
 +
If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.  
 
   
 
   
 +
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
 +
*  If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
 +
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,287: Line 1,285:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
+
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
 
+
This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide].  If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home pageThe credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.
Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Adminit only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,303: Line 1,300:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
+
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
*  Note: New in v11.4.1
 
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
 
  
*  The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
+
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"  
+
If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
 +
If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 1,321: Line 1,319:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
       
 
'''Default Specialty ID'''
 
*  This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets.  Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. 
 
  
 +
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''
 +
 +
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 +
*Default Value: Opt-In
 +
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,336: Line 1,337:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
+
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
*  This value specifies the default supervising physician for users that require supervision with Orders.  This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. 
+
 
+
Allows the creation of future encounters
 +
If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 +
If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,351: Line 1,355:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
+
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''  
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.  
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
+
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,368: Line 1,371:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
  
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
 
 
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
*  This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
 
  
 +
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 +
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,385: Line 1,388:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Derive Entering For From'''
+
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
+
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
 +
 
 +
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,400: Line 1,406:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
  
'''Dictionary Cache'''
+
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
* This preference is no longer used.  However in earlier verions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone.  This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,416: Line 1,422:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Dictionary Edit'''
+
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
+
 
 +
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Directives Editable'''
+
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable.  This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
+
This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
*  If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.   
+
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,447: Line 1,456:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''  
+
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
+
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,464: Line 1,471:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
+
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
*  This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selectorIn most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day.  If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. 
+
 
 +
Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Adminit only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,479: Line 1,487:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''  
+
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
+
*  Note: New in v11.4.1
If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screenThis also allows the ability to upload pictures.
+
The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
+
 
 
+
* The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"  
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
       
 +
'''Default Specialty ID'''
 +
*  This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets.  Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. 
  
'''Double Click Action'''
 
*  If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
 
*  If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,512: Line 1,520:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
+
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
+
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.
 
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,530: Line 1,535:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''  
+
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
+
*If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
+
*If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''
 
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 
*  If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 
*  If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,554: Line 1,552:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No  
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
  
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.
+
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
+
*  This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,573: Line 1,569:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
+
'''Derive Entering For From'''
 
+
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,589: Line 1,584:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
 
  
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.  
+
'''Dictionary Cache'''
     
+
* This preference is no longer used.  However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone.  This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.  
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,605: Line 1,600:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable MSHV'''  
+
'''Dictionary Edit'''
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000.  This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
  
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
 
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. 
 
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
 
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,625: Line 1,615:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
     
+
'''Directives Editable'''
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
+
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable.  This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
 
+
If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
   
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,643: Line 1,632:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
 
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,659: Line 1,649:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|  
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
 
  
This preference previously only applied to resultsEffective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
 +
This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selectorIn most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down.  If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,674: Line 1,663:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
+
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''  
 
+
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
This preference previously only applied to resultsEffective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
*  If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures.   
 
+
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,690: Line 1,680:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
+
'''Double Click Action'''
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default.  This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.  
+
*  If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
 
+
*  If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,705: Line 1,696:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
+
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
  
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,722: Line 1,714:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''  
+
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''  
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
+
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
+
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared.   
+
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
+
 
 +
   
 +
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''  
 +
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a providerThis is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,740: Line 1,737:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
 +
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
+
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
+
 
* When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.
+
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
 +
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,756: Line 1,757:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
   
+
'''Enable eCoupon at Point of Prescribing'''
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
* If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
+
 
* If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
+
Allows organizations to search for and display eCoupons for a medication in context.
 +
* If set to '''Yes''' applicable coupons are displayed for the medication in context.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''No''' applicable coupons will not display for medication in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,773: Line 1,777:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></l><li>Select All Sites|</l><li>Individual sites associated with the organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not selected
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
 
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. 
+
 
*  If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
+
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,791: Line 1,795:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise.  This is displayed when printing patient instructions. 
 
  
 +
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,804: Line 1,809:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Enable MSHV'''  
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. 
 
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
 
  
 +
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
 +
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,823: Line 1,830:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
+
     
*Default Value: Blank
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
 
  
 +
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,838: Line 1,846:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
  
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''  
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 
* This is a numeric field
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,855: Line 1,862:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
|}        
+
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
  
'''Fax Warning Type'''
+
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
 
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,872: Line 1,878:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
+
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
  
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.  
+
This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,889: Line 1,894:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
 
+
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default.  This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.  
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
 
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,910: Line 1,910:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
         
 
'''Info Button Access'''
 
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
 
  
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,929: Line 1,927:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Language Editable'''
+
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''  
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
+
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
+
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).  
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared.
 +
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,944: Line 1,944:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
       
 
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' 
 
* New in v11.4.1
 
  
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
+
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
*  When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
*  When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,963: Line 1,960:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
 
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
+
   
When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
 +
If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,980: Line 1,978:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
+
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
*  This is a numeric value between 0-40This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view.  This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
+
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data.   
 +
*  If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,994: Line 1,993:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
+
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
*  This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performanceIn most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
+
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise.  This is displayed when printing patient instructions.   
+
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 2,009: Line 2,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
 
 +
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
  
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
+
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile.   
*  This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be storedThis time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit.
+
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,025: Line 2,026:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
+
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
+
*Default Value: Blank
 
+
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
 
 
 
* '''Y'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
 
* '''N'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,045: Line 2,042:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  
+
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''  
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
 
 
* '''Y'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
 
  
 +
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 +
* This is a numeric field
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,065: Line 2,059:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
|}
+
|}        
  
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''  
+
'''Fax Warning Type'''  
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
+
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
 
* '''Y'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,085: Line 2,076:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Configured'''  
+
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
 
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
+
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.  
+
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
 
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,106: Line 2,095:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
  
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''   
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
 
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
 
  
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
+
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
 +
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 +
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,122: Line 2,113:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
         
 +
'''Info Button Access'''
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 +
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
  
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
+
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
 
+
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
 
 
 
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
 
 
 
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,142: Line 2,132:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
+
'''Language Editable'''
 
+
When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
 
 
 
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
 
 
 
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
 
 
 
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,166: Line 2,148:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
       
 +
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' 
 +
* New in v11.4.1
  
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
+
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
* Moved to HMP Preferences
+
*  When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
 
+
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
 
 
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
 
 
 
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
 
 
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,188: Line 2,167:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
 
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
+
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
 
+
When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticatedThe system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access.  Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
+
* When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,204: Line 2,183:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
+
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
 +
* This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view.  This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. 
  
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED).  Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,222: Line 2,198:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears'''
+
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
 
+
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
 
 
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
 
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.  
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,241: Line 2,213:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' 
 
  
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource'''
 +
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
 
 +
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource'''
  
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
+
Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,261: Line 2,237:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''  
+
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
  
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
+
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.
+
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
 
  
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
+
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
  
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
+
* '''Y'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
 +
* '''N'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,287: Line 2,273:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
+
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.  
+
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
+
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
+
* '''Y'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
+
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 
filed in the application.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,310: Line 2,292:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''  
+
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
 
+
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.  
+
* '''Y'''- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 
+
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
 
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,335: Line 2,313:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
+
'''Native Integration Configured''' 
 
+
* Note: New in v11.4.1
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
+
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
 
+
* '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
+
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
+
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,354: Line 2,332:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
+
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''  
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
+
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
+
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
 +
 
 +
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,369: Line 2,349:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''  
+
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
 
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care physician) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
 +
 
 +
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,385: Line 2,369:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
 
'''PCPEditable'''  
+
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
 
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
+
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
+
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 +
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
 +
 
 +
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''-  The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
 +
 
 +
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
 +
 
 +
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,402: Line 2,393:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
+
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary Preference'''  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
+
 
*  If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
Determines how many days of past results are cited when generating an Rich Text Format (RTF) clinical summary or Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
 +
 
 +
A value of 1-500 will designate how many days of past results will be included in the RTF or CED. Enter () to not include past results in RTF or CED documents.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,418: Line 2,413:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
+
 
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
+
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
* '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
* Moved to HMP Preferences
*  '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
 
*  '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
+
'''Number of Days in Past to Allow Editing Encounter'''  
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in V11.5
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to limit the number of encounters available for selection on Encounter Selector. The number available encounters will be based on the age of the encounter in days.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,435: Line 2,434:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Daily'''  
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down.  The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
+
 
*  '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Daily Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,451: Line 2,452:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''  
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Provider'''  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
 
 
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
 
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
 
  
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
+
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Providers Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,474: Line 2,474:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
 +
 +
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
  
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
+
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,490: Line 2,496:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''  
+
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
  
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
+
*  This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access.  Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,506: Line 2,512:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
  
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
  
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
+
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED). Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
 
+
   
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
 
 
 
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
 
 
 
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
 
 
 
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
 
 
 
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
+
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
  
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
+
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
+
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,554: Line 2,549:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
+
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
  
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
+
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
  
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,573: Line 2,569:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''RequestTimeout'''
+
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
  
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
+
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
 +
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.
 +
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}   
 
  
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
+
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
 
 
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
 
 
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,610: Line 2,595:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''  
+
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
  
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar.  
+
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.  
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
+
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
 +
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
 +
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 +
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 +
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 +
filed in the application.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,626: Line 2,618:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''  
+
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.  
  
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
+
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
 +
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 +
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,644: Line 2,642:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''
+
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
  
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
+
*  '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
 +
*  '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,662: Line 2,661:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
 
  
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
 
+
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
+
*  If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,680: Line 2,677:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
 
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''
 
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,698: Line 2,693:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''PCPEditable'''
 +
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
 +
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
 +
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
  
'''UA Install Location'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* This preference is no longer used.
 
 
 
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''
 
 
 
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
 
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
 
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 2,721: Line 2,711:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''  
+
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
 
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*  If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
 
 
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,738: Line 2,726:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
+
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
 
+
*  '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.   
+
*  '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 +
* '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,754: Line 2,743:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''  
+
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
 
+
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down.  The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers.
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
 
 
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
 
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,776: Line 2,761:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
 +
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
  
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
+
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
 
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,795: Line 2,783:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Document Enabled'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''  
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
 
 
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
 
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.
 
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,817: Line 2,800:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''  
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
 
 
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
 
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,838: Line 2,816:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
+
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''  
* This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify.
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
+
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
+
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
  
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
+
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
  
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
  
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
+
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,873: Line 2,845:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
+
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
  
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
+
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
 
+
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
  
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
+
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
 
 
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
 
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
 
  
 +
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
+
'''RequestTimeout'''
  
* Note: New V11.4
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. 
+
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
 
 
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
|}
+
|}    
  
  
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)'''
  
*Note: New V11.4
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
+
The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).  
 
 
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
  
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
  
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)'''
  
* Note: New V11.4
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View.  The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
+
An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
  
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
 
  
*Note: New V11.4
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
+
An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
 +
 +
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
  
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
+
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
+
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''  
  
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
+
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
 +
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
+
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
+
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''
  
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
+
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
  
 +
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
  
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
 
 
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
 
 
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
+
'''UA Install Location'''
 +
* This preference is no longer used.
 +
 
 +
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''  
  
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
 +
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Blank Rows'''
+
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
+
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''
+
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
  
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
+
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
 +
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 +
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Follow - up if'''
+
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
 +
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
 +
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Wand Document Enabled'''
  
''' Show Instructions if'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 +
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.
 +
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Immunizations if'''
+
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.  
 +
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 +
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Laboratory if'''
+
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 +
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
 +
 
 +
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Medication Admin if'''
+
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
  
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
+
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
  
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,251: Line 3,264:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Precautions if'''
 
  
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
 +
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,267: Line 3,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
  
''' Show Referrals if'''
+
* Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. 
  
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,284: Line 3,303:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Supplies if'''
 
  
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,300: Line 3,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Suppress Other Medication'''
 
  
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
+
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View.  The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,316: Line 3,344:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
Line 3,323: Line 3,351:
  
  
''' Suppress Other Orders'''
+
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: New V11.4
  
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.
+
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,333: Line 3,363:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
 
  
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
+
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
  
* New in v11.4.1 HF1
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
 
 
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
 
 
* If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
 
 
 
*If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,359: Line 3,380:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
+
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
  
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. 
+
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,377: Line 3,396:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider'''  
+
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
  
*New in v11.4.1
+
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
 
 
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.
 
 
 
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. 
 
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
 
 
 
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,400: Line 3,412:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
 
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
  
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.
+
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,418: Line 3,429:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''
 
  
* Note: Added in v11.4
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
  
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component. 
+
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. 
 
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record.
 
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,439: Line 3,446:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''
 
  
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.  
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,455: Line 3,463:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''
+
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
 
 
*Note Added in V11.4
 
 
 
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.
 
  
 +
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,474: Line 3,479:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''
+
''' Show Blank Rows'''
  
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.
+
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
 
 
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.
 
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''
+
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''
  
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.
+
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,509: Line 3,511:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
  
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''
+
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
 
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
 
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
 
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.
 
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
 
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,533: Line 3,527:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''
+
''' Show Follow - up if'''
  
*Note: Added in V11.4
+
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.  
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.
 
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
 
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.
 
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,558: Line 3,543:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin By'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
''' Show Instructions if'''
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
+
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,577: Line 3,560:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Date'''
+
''' Show Immunizations if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,596: Line 3,576:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Dose'''
+
''' Show Laboratory if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,617: Line 3,592:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Lot'''
+
''' Show Medication Admin if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,638: Line 3,608:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''
+
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,659: Line 3,624:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Route'''
+
''' Show Precautions if'''
  
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,680: Line 3,640:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Site'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
''' Show Referrals if'''
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
  
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
+
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,701: Line 3,657:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Disp Save Default'''
+
''' Show Supplies if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values
+
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,718: Line 3,673:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''
+
''' Suppress Other Medication'''
  
*Note: Added in V11.4
+
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
 
 
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,736: Line 3,689:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''
 
  
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.
+
''' Suppress Other Orders'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,753: Line 3,707:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''
+
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
'''AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification'''
 +
*NOTE: New in V15.1
  
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning.
+
Enables organizations to determine if users can select his or her username as the person who verified the medication or immunization when '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details or Immunization Details.
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,771: Line 3,727:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
 +
 
 +
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1
  
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".
+
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on.   
+
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
+
   
 +
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
+
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,790: Line 3,749:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
  
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions.   
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.   
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".   
+
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately  after selecting the medicationFor this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled.
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,811: Line 3,767:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override